blob: 3b406c2820049ad9f2f64ca9e844b6aacd57b8be [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700693 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
694 Generic timer clock source frequency.
695
696 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
697 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
698 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
699 at run time.
700
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500701 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
702 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
703 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500704 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500705 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
708
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700709- Tegra SoC options:
710 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
711
712 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
713 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
714 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
715
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000716- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
718
719 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
720 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
721 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
722 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
723 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
724 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
725 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100727 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728 default environment.
729
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000730 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
731
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800732 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000733 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
734 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
735
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400736 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200737
738 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400739 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
740 concepts).
741
742 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
743 * New libfdt-based support
744 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500745 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400746
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200747 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
748 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
749 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
750 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200751 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600752 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200753
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200754 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
755 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500756
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600757 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
758
759 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
760 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000761
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600762 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
763
764 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
765 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
766 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
767 the kernel.
768
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500769 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
770
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200771 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500772 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
773
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200774 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
775
776 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
777 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
778 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
779 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
780 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
781 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
782
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000783 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
784
785 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
786 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
787 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
788 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
789 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
790 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
791 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
792
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100793- vxWorks boot parameters:
794
795 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
796 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
797 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
798
799 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
800 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
801 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
802 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
803
804 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
805
806 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
807
808 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
809 the defaults discussed just above.
810
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000811- Cache Configuration:
812 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
813 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
814 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
815
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000816- Cache Configuration for ARM:
817 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
818 controller
819 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
820 controller register space
821
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000822- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200823 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000824
825 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
826
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200827 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000828
829 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
834 the clock speed of the UARTs.
835
836 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
837
838 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
839 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
840 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
841
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000842 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
843
844 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
845 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
846 this variable to initialize the extra register.
847
848 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
849
850 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
851 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
852 variable to flush the UART at init time.
853
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400854 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
855
856 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
857 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000859- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000860 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
861 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
862 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
863 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000864
865 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
866 port routines must be defined elsewhere
867 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
868
869 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
870 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000871 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
873 (default big endian)
874 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
875 rectangle fill
876 (cf. smiLynxEM)
877 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
878 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
879 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
880 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000881 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
882 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000883 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
884 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000885 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000886 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
887 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
888 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
889 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
890 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
891 (i.e. i8042_getc)
892 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
893 (requires blink timer
894 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200895 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
897 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
900 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000901 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
902 linux_logo.h for logo.
903 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200905 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906 the logo
907
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000908 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
909 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
910 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
911
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000912 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
913 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
914 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000916 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
917 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
918 the "silent" environment variable. See
919 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000920
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200921 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
922 is 0x00.
923 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
924 is 0xa0.
925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926- Console Baudrate:
927 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
928 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200929 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
930 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100932- Console Rx buffer length
933 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
934 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100935 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100936 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
937 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
938 the SMC.
939
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000940- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200941 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
942 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
943 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
944 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
945 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
946 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
947 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200948 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200949 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000950
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200951 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
952 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
953
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200954 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
955 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000956
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000957- Safe printf() functions
958 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
959 the printf() functions. These are defined in
960 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
961 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
962 If this option is not given then these functions will
963 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
964 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
965
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000966- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
967 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
968 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000969 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
970 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971
972 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
973 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
974 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
975 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
976 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
977 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
978 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
979 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000980 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
981 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
982
983- Autoboot Command:
984 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
985 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
986 define a command string that is automatically executed
987 when no character is read on the console interface
988 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
989
990 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000991 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
992 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
993 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994
995 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000996 The value of these goes into the environment as
997 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
998 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200999 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001000
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001001- Bootcount:
1002 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1003 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1004 cycle, see:
1005 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1006
1007 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1008 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1009 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1010 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1011 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1012 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1013 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1014 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1015 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1016
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001017- Pre-Boot Commands:
1018 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1019
1020 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1021 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1022 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1023 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1024 entering interactive mode.
1025
1026 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1027 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1028 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1029 modified when the user holds down a certain
1030 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1031 booting the systems
1032
1033- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1034 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1035 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1036 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1037 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1038 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1039 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1040 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1041
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001043 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1044 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001045 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001046
1047- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001048 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1049 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001050 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1051 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001052 and augmenting with additional #define's
1053 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 The default command configuration includes all commands
1056 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001058 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001059 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001060 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1061 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1062 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1063 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1064 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001065 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001066 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001067 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001069 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001070 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1071 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1072 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001073 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1074 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1075 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1076 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001077 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1078 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001080 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1081 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001082 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001083 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001084 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001086 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1087 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001088 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1089 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001090 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001091 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001092 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001093 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1095 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001096 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001097 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001098 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001099 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001100 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001101 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1102 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1103 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1104 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001105 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001106 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001107 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001108 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001109 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001110 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001111 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1112 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1113 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1114 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001115 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001116 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1117 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001118 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1119 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001120 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001121 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001122 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001123 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001124 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001125 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001126 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1127 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1128 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001129 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001130 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1131 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001132 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001133 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001134 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001135 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1136 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1137 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1138 host
1139 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001140 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001141 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1142 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001143 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1145 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1146 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1147 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1148 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1149 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001150 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001151 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001152 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001153 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001154 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001155 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001156 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001157 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001158 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1159 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001160 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001161 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001162 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001163 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001164 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001165
1166 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1167 support you can write:
1168
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001169 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1170 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001171
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001172 Other Commands:
1173 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001174
1175 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001176 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001177 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1178 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1179 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1180 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1181 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1182 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001183
1184
1185 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1186
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001187- Regular expression support:
1188 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001189 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1190 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1191 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1192 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001193
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001194- Device tree:
1195 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1196 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1197 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1198 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1199 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1200 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1201
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001202 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1203 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001204
1205 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1206 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1207 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1208 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1209 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1210 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001211
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001212 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1213 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1214 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1215 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1216
1217 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1218
1219 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1220 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1221 still use the individual files if you need something more
1222 exotic.
1223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001224- Watchdog:
1225 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1226 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001227 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1228 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1229 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1230 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1231 available, then no further board specific code should
1232 be needed to use it.
1233
1234 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1235 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1236 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1237 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001239 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1240 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1241
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001242- U-Boot Version:
1243 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1244 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1245 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1246 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001247 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1248 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001249
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250- Real-Time Clock:
1251
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001252 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1254 following options:
1255
1256 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1257 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001258 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001259 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001260 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001261 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001262 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001263 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001264 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001265 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001266 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001267 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001268 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1269 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001271 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1272 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1273
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001274- GPIO Support:
1275 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001276
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001277 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1278 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1279 pins supported by a particular chip.
1280
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001281 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1282 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1283
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001284- I/O tracing:
1285 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1286 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1287 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1288 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1289 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1290 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1291 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1292 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1293
1294 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1295 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1296 still continue to operate.
1297
1298 iotrace is enabled
1299 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1300 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1301 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1302 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1303 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1304 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001306- Timestamp Support:
1307
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001308 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1309 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1310 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001311 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001312
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001313- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1314 Zero or more of the following:
1315 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1316 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1317 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1318 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1319 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1320 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1321 disk/part_efi.c
1322 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001324 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1325 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001326 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001327
1328- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001329 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1330 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001331
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001332 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1333 be performed by calling the function
1334 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1335 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
1337- ATAPI Support:
1338 CONFIG_ATAPI
1339
1340 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1341
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001342- LBA48 Support
1343 CONFIG_LBA48
1344
1345 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001346 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001347 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1348 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001350 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001351 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1352 Default is 32bit.
1353
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001354- SCSI Support:
1355 At the moment only there is only support for the
1356 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1357 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001359 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1360 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1361 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1363 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001364 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001365
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001366 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1367 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001368
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001370 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001371 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1372
1373 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1374 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1375 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1376 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1377
1378 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1379 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1380 example with the "sspi" command.
1381
1382 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1383 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1384 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001385
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001386 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001387 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001388
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001389 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1390 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001391 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001392 write routine for first time initialisation.
1393
1394 CONFIG_TULIP
1395 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1396 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1397 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1398
1399 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1400 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1401
1402 CONFIG_NS8382X
1403 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1404
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001405- NETWORK Support (other):
1406
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001407 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1408 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1409
1410 CONFIG_RMII
1411 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1412
1413 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1414 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1415 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1416
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001417 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1418 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1419
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001420 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001421 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1422
1423 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1424 Define this to hold the physical address
1425 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1426
1427 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1428 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1429
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001430 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001431 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1432
1433 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1434 Define this to hold the physical address
1435 of the device (I/O space)
1436
1437 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1438 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1439
1440 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1441 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1442 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1443
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001444 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1445 Support for davinci emac
1446
1447 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1448 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1449
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001450 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1451 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1452
1453 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1454 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1455 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1456 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1457 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1458 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1459 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1460 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1461
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001462 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001463 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1464
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001465 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001466 Define this to hold the physical address
1467 of the device (I/O space)
1468
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001469 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001470 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1471
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001472 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001473 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1474 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001475 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001476
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001477 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1478 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1479
1480 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1481 Define the number of ports to be used
1482
1483 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1484 Define the ETH PHY's address
1485
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001486 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1487 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1488
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001489- PWM Support:
1490 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1491 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1492
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001493- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001494 CONFIG_TPM
1495 Support TPM devices.
1496
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001497 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1498 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1499 per system is supported at this time.
1500
1501 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1502 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1503
1504 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1505 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1506
1507 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1508 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1509
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001510 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1511 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1512
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001513 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001514 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1515 per system is supported at this time.
1516
1517 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1518 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1519 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1520 0xfed40000.
1521
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001522 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1523 Add tpm monitor functions.
1524 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1525 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1526
1527 CONFIG_TPM
1528 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1529 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1530 Requires support for a TPM device.
1531
1532 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1533 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1534 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1535
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001536- USB Support:
1537 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001538 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001539 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1540 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001541 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542 storage devices.
1543 Note:
1544 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1545 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001546 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1547 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1548 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001549 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1550 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001551 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1552 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1553 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001554 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1555 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001556 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001557 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1558 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001559
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001560 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1561 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1562
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001563 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1564 HW module registers.
1565
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001566- USB Device:
1567 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1568 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1569 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001570 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001571 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1572 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001573 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001574 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1575 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1576 a Linux host by
1577 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1578 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1579 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1580 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001581
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001582 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1583 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001584
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001585 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1586 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1587 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001588
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301589 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1590 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1591 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1592 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1593 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1594 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1595 speed.
1596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001597 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001598 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1599 be set to usbtty.
1600
1601 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001602 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001603 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001604 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001606 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001607 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001608 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001609
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001610 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001611 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001612 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001613 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1614 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1615 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1616
1617 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1618 Define this string as the name of your company for
1619 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001620
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001621 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1622 Define this string as the name of your product
1623 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1624
1625 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1626 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1627 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1628 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1629 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001630
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001631 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1632 Define this as the unique Product ID
1633 for your device
1634 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001635
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001636- ULPI Layer Support:
1637 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1638 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1639 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1640 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1641 viewport is supported.
1642 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1643 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001644 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1645 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1646 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001647
1648- MMC Support:
1649 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1650 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1651 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1652 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001653 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1654 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001655
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001656 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1657 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1658
1659 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1660 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1661
1662 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1663 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1664
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001665 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1666 Enable the generic MMC driver
1667
1668 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1669 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1670
1671 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1672 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1673 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1674
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001675- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1676 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1677 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1678
1679 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1680 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1681 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1682 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1683 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1684
1685 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1686 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1687
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001688 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1689 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1690
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301691 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1692 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1693 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1694 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1695 one that would help mostly the developer.
1696
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001697 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1698 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1699 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1700 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1701 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1702
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001703 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1704 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1705 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1706 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1707 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1708 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1709
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001710 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1711 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1712 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1713 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1714
1715 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1716 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1717 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1718 sending again an USB request to the device.
1719
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001720- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1721 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1722 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1723 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1724 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1725 used on Android devices.
1726 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1727
1728 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1729 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1730 image format header.
1731
1732 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1733 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1734 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1735 downloaded images.
1736
1737 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1738 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1739 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1740 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1741
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001742 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1743 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1744 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1745 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1746
1747 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1748 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1749 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1750 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1751
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001752 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1753 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1754 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1755 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1756 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1757 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1758 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1759 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1760
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001761- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1762 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1763 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1764 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001766 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1767 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001768 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001770 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001771 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1772 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1773
1774 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001775 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001776 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1777 have not defined a custom partition
1778
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001779- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1780 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001781
1782 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1783 file in FAT formatted partition.
1784
1785 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1786 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001787
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001788CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1789 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1790
1791 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1792 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1793 and cbfsload.
1794
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301795- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1796 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1797
1798 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1799 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1800
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001801- Keyboard Support:
1802 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1803
1804 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1805 support
1806
1807 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1808 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1809 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1810 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1811 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1812
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001813 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1814 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1815 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1816 which provides key scans on request.
1817
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001818- Video support:
1819 CONFIG_VIDEO
1820
1821 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1822 video).
1823
1824 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1825
1826 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1827
1828 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001829 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001830 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1831 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1832 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001834 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001835 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001836 are possible:
1837 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001838 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001839
1840 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1841 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1842 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1843 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1844 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1845 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1846 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1848
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001849 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001850 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001851
1852
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001853 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001854 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001855 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1856 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1857
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001858 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001859 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001860 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1861 support, and should also define these other macros:
1862
1863 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1864 CONFIG_VIDEO
1865 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1866 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1867 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1868 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1869 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1870 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1871
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001872 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1873 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1874 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1875 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001876
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001877
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001878- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001879 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001880
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001881 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1882 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1883 defined in your board-specific files.
1884 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1887
1888 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1889 display); also select one of the supported displays
1890 by defining one of these:
1891
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001892 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1893
1894 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1895
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001896 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001897
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001898 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001899
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001900 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001902 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1903 Active, color, single scan.
1904
1905 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1906
1907 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001908 Active, color, single scan.
1909
1910 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1911
1912 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1913 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1914
1915 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1916
1917 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1918 Active, color, single scan.
1919
1920 CONFIG_HLD1045
1921
1922 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1923 Active, color, single scan.
1924
1925 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1926
1927 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1928 or
1929 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1930 or
1931 Hitachi SP14Q002
1932
1933 320x240. Black & white.
1934
1935 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001936 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001937
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001938 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1939
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001940 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001941 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1942 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1943 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1944 a per-section basis.
1945
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001946 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1947
1948 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1949 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1950 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1951 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001952
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001953 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1954
1955 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1956 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1957 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1958 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1959 printed out.
1960 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1961 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1962 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1963 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1964 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1965 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1966 1 = 90 degree rotation
1967 2 = 180 degree rotation
1968 3 = 270 degree rotation
1969
1970 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1971 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1972
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001973 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1974
1975 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1976
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001977 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1978
1979 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1980 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1981
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001982- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001983
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001984 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1985 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1986 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001987 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001988 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1989 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1990 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1991 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001992
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001993 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1994
1995 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1996 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001997 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001998 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1999 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2000 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2001 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2002 there is no need to set this option.
2003
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02002004 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2005
2006 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2007 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2008 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2009 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2010 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2011 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2012
2013 Example:
2014 setenv splashpos m,m
2015 => image at center of screen
2016
2017 setenv splashpos 30,20
2018 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2019
2020 setenv splashpos -10,m
2021 => vertically centered image
2022 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2023
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002024- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2025
2026 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2027 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2028 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2029
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002030- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2031
2032 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2033 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2034 bmp command.
2035
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002036- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002037 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2038
2039 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2040 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2041
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002042- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002043 CONFIG_GZIP
2044
2045 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2046
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002047 CONFIG_BZIP2
2048
2049 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2050 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2051 compressed images are supported.
2052
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002053 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002054 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002055 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002056
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002057 CONFIG_LZMA
2058
2059 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2060 images is included.
2061
2062 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2063 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2064 formula:
2065
2066 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2067
2068 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2069 and Literal pos bits.
2070
2071 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2072 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2073 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2074 a very small buffer.
2075
2076 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2077 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002078 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002079
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002080 CONFIG_LZO
2081
2082 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2083 is included.
2084
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002085- MII/PHY support:
2086 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2087
2088 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2089
2090 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2091
2092 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2093
2094 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2095
2096 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002097 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002098
2099 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2100
2101 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2102 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2103 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2104 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2105
2106 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2107
2108 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2109 command issued before MII status register can be read
2110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111- IP address:
2112 CONFIG_IPADDR
2113
2114 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002115 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002117 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
2119- Server IP address:
2120 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2121
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002122 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002124 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002126 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2127
2128 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2129 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2130
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002131- Gateway IP address:
2132 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2133
2134 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2135 default router where packets to other networks are
2136 sent to.
2137 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2138
2139- Subnet mask:
2140 CONFIG_NETMASK
2141
2142 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2143 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2144 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2145 forwarded through a router.
2146 (Environment variable "netmask")
2147
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002148- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2149 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2150
2151 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2152 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002153 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002154 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2155 multicast group.
2156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2158 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2159
2160 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2161 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2162 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2163 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2164 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2165 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2166 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2167 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002168 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169
2170 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2171 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2172 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2173 4th and following
2174 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2175
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002176 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2177
2178 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2179 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2180 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2181 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2182 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2183 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2184 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2185 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2186 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2187 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2188 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2189 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2190 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2191 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2192 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2193
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002194- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002195 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2196 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002197
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002198 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2199 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2200 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2201 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2202 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2203 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2204 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2205 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2206 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2207 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2208 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2209 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002210 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002211
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002212 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2213 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002214
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002215 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2216 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2217 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2218 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2219 is not available.
2220
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002221 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2222 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2223 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2224 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2225 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2226 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2227 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002228 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002229
2230 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2231 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2232 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002233 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002234 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2235 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002236
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002237 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2238
2239 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2240 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2241 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2242 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2243 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2244 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2245 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2246 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2247 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2248 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2249 this delay.
2250
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002251 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2252 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2253 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2254 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2255 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2256
2257 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2258
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002259 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002260 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002261
2262 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2263
2264 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2265
2266 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2267 of the device.
2268
2269 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2270
2271 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2272 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002273 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002274
2275 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2276
2277 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2278 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2279
2280 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2281
2282 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2283
2284 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2285
2286 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2287
2288 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2289
2290 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2291
2292 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2293
2294 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2295 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2296
2297 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2298
2299 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002301- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2302
2303 Several configurations allow to display the current
2304 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2305 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2306 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2307 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2308 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2309 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2310 feature in U-Boot.
2311
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002312 Additional options:
2313
2314 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2315 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2316 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2317 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2318 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2319
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002320 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2321 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2322 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2323 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2324 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2325 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2326
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2328
2329 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2330 on those systems that support this (optional)
2331 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2332
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002333- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002334
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002335 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2336 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2337 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2338 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2339 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2340 interface.
2341
2342 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002343 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2344 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2345 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2346 for defining speed and slave address
2347 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2348 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2349 for defining speed and slave address
2350 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2351 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2352 for defining speed and slave address
2353 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2354 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2355 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002356
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002357 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2358 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2359 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2360 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2362 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002363 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002364 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2367 second bus.
2368
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002369 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002370 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2371 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2372 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002373
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002374 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2375 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2378
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002379 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2380 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2381 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2382 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2383 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2384 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2385 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2386 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002387 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002388 for speed, and 0 for slave.
York Sunf8cb1012015-03-20 10:20:40 -07002389 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2390 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002391
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002392 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2393 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2394 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2395
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2401 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2404 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2405
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002406 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2407 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2408 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2409
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002422 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002423
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002424 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2425 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2436
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002437 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2438 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2439 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2440 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2441
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302442 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2443 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2444 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2445 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2446 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2447
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002448 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2449 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2451 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2453 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2454 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2455 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2456 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2457 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2458 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2459 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2460 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2461 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2462
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002463 additional defines:
2464
2465 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002466 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002467 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2468 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2469 omit this define.
2470
2471 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2472 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2473 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2474 omit this define.
2475
2476 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2477 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2478 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2479 define.
2480
2481 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002482 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002483 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2484 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2485 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2486
2487 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2488 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2489 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2490 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2491 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2492 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2493 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2494 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2495 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2496 }
2497
2498 which defines
2499 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002500 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2501 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2502 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2503 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2504 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002505 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002506 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2507 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002508
2509 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2510
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002511- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002512
2513 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2514 provides the following compelling advantages:
2515
2516 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2517 - approved multibus support
2518 - better i2c mux support
2519
2520 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2521
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002522 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2523 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2524 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002526 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002527 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002528 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2529 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002532 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002534 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002535 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002538 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002540 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002541
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002542 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002543 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002544 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2545 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2546 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002548 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2549
2550 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2551 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2552 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2553 commands until the slave device responds.
2554
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002555 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002556
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002557 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002558 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2559 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
2561 I2C_INIT
2562
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002563 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002564 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002566 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002567
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568 I2C_PORT
2569
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002570 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2571 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2572 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
2574 I2C_ACTIVE
2575
2576 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2577 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2578 define can be null.
2579
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2581
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582 I2C_TRISTATE
2583
2584 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2585 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2586 define can be null.
2587
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002588 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 I2C_READ
2591
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002592 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2593 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002595 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597 I2C_SDA(bit)
2598
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002599 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2600 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002602 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002603 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002604 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 I2C_SCL(bit)
2607
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002608 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2609 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002611 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002612 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002613 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002615 I2C_DELAY
2616
2617 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2618 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002619 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002620 like:
2621
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002622 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002624 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2625
2626 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2627 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2628 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2629 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2630
2631 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2632 the generic GPIO functions.
2633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002634 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002635
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002636 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2637 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2638 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2639 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2640 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2641 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2642 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2643 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002644
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002645 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2646
2647 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2648 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2649 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2650 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2651 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2652 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2653 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2654 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2655
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002656 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2657
2658 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2659 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2660 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2661
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002662 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2663
2664 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002665 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2666 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002667 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002670
2671 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002672 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002673 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2674 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002675
2676 e.g.
2677 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002678 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002679
2680 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2681
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002682 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002683 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002684
2685 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002688
2689 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2690 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002692 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002693
2694 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2695 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002698
2699 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2700 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002703
2704 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2705 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2706 specified DTT device.
2707
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002708 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2709
2710 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2711 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2712 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2713 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2714 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2715 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2716 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002717
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2719
2720 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2721 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2722 D/As on the SACSng board)
2723
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002724 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2725
2726 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2727 only SH7757 is supported.
2728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 CONFIG_SPI_X
2730
2731 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2732 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2733
2734 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2735
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002736 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2737 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2738 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2739 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2740 defined, the board configuration must define several
2741 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2742 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002744 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2745
2746 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2747 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2748 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002749 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002750 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2751
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002752 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2753
2754 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002755 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002756
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002757 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2758 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2759 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2760
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002761- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2762
2763 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2764
2765 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2766
2767 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2768 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2769
2770 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2771
2772 Enables support for FPGA family.
2773 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2774
2775 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002777 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302779 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2780
2781 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2782
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002783 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2784
2785 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2786
2787 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2788
2789 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2790 (Xilinx only)
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002794 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002797
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002798 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2799 status by the configuration function. This option
2800 will require a board or device specific function to
2801 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
2803 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2804
2805 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2806 configuration driver.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002809 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002813 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2814 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2815 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2816 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002818 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002820 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2821 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002822 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002823 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002827 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002828 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002830 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002832 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002833 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
2835- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002836 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2837
2838 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2839 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2840 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2841 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2842 make / MAKEALL.
2843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2845
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002846 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2847 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
2849- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2850
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002851 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2852 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002853 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002854 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2855 protects these variables from casual modification by
2856 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2857 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002858 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859
2860 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2861 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002862 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002863 these parameters.
2864
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002865 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2866 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002867 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2869 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2870 read-only.]
2871
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002872 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2873 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2874 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2875 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877- Protected RAM:
2878 CONFIG_PRAM
2879
2880 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2881 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2882 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2883 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2884 this default value by defining an environment
2885 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2886 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2887 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2888 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2889 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2890 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2891 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2892
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002893 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 saveenv
2895
2896 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2897 either, which results in a memory region that will
2898 not be affected by reboots.
2899
2900 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2901 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2902 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2903 following board configurations are known to be
2904 "pRAM-clean":
2905
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002906 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2907 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002908 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002910- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2911 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2912 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2913 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2914 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2915 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2916 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918- Error Recovery:
2919 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2920
2921 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2922 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2923 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002924 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002925 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2926 useful during development since you can try to debug
2927 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2928
2929 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2930
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002931 This variable defines the number of retries for
2932 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2933 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2934 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002935
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002936 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2937
2938 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2939
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002940 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2941
2942 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2943 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2944 try longer timeout such as
2945 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002948 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002949
2950 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
2954 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2955 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2956 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2957
2958 Note:
2959
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002960 In the current implementation, the local variables
2961 space and global environment variables space are
2962 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2963 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2964 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2965 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2966 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002968 Global environment variables are those you use
2969 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2970 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2971 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
2973 To store commands and special characters in a
2974 variable, please use double quotation marks
2975 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2976 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2977 symbols.
2978
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002979- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002980 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2981
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002982 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002983 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002984
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002985- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2987
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002988 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2989 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002990 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002991
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002992 For example, place something like this in your
2993 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994
2995 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2996 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2997 "myvar2=value2\0"
2998
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002999 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3000 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3001 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3002 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003003 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004 You better know what you are doing here.
3005
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003006 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3007 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003008 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003009 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003010
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003011 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3012
3013 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3014 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3015 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3016
3017 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3018
3019 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3020 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3021 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3022 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3023 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3024
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003025 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3026
3027 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3028 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3029 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3030
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003031 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3032
3033 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003034 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003035 that so that the environment is not available until
3036 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3037 this is instead controlled by the value of
3038 /config/load-environment.
3039
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003040- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003041 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3042
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003043 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3044 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3045 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003046
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003047- Serial Flash support
3048 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3049
3050 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3051 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3052
3053 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3054 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3055 commands.
3056
3057 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3058 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3059 flash is present on the system.
3060
3061 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3062 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3063 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3064 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3065
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003066 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3067
3068 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3069 test ('sf test').
3070
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303071 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3072
3073 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3074 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3075
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303076 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3077
3078 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3079 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003080 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303081
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003082- SystemACE Support:
3083 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3084
3085 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3086 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003087 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003088 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003089
3090 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003091 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003092
3093 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3094 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3095
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003096- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3097 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3098
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003099 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003100 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003101 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003102 number generator is used.
3103
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003104 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3105 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3106 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3107
3108 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003109 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3110 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3111 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3112 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3113 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3114 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3115
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003116- Hashing support:
3117 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3118
3119 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3120 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3121
3122 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3123
3124 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3125 size a little.
3126
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303127 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3128 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3129 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3130 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3131 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3132 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3133 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3134 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3135 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3136 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3137 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3138 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003139
3140 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3141 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3142
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003143- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3144 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3145 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3146 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3147
3148 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3149 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3150 a boot from specific media.
3151
3152 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3153 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3154 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3155 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3156 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3157
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003158- Signing support:
3159 CONFIG_RSA
3160
3161 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003162 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003163
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303164 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3165 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3166 library to function.
3167
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003168 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303169 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3170 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003171
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003172- bootcount support:
3173 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3174
3175 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3176 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3177
3178 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3179 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3180 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3181 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3182 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3183 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3184 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3185 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3186 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3187 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3188 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3189 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3190 the bootcounter.
3191 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003192
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003193- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3195
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003196 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3197 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3198 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3199 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3200 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3201 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003203
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003204Legacy uImage format:
3205
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 Arg Where When
3207 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003208 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003209 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003210 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003212 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3214 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3215 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003216 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003217 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3218 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3219 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3220 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003221 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003223
3224 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3225 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3226 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3227 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3228 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3229 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3230 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003231 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003232 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3233 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3234
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003235 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003237 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003238 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3239 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003240
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003241 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3242 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3243 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3244 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3245 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3246 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3247 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3248 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3249 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3250 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3251 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3252 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3253 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3254 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3255 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3256 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3257 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3258 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3259 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3260 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3261 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3262 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3263 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3264 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3265 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3266 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3267 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3268 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3269 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3270 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3271 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3272 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3273 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3274 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3275 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3276 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3277 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3278 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3279 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3280 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3281 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3282 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3283 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3284 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3285 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3286 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3287 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003288
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003289 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003291 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003292 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3293 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003294
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003295 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003296 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3297 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3298 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003299 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3300 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003301 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3302 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003303 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003304
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003305FIT uImage format:
3306
3307 Arg Where When
3308 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3309 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3310 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3311 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3312 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3313 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003314 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003315 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3316 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3317 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3318 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3319 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003320 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3321 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003322 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3323 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3324 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3325 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3326 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3327 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3328 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3329 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3330
3331 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3332 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3333 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003334 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003335 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3336 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3337 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3338 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3339 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3340 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3341 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3342 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3343 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3344 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3345 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3346 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3347
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003348 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003349 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3350
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003351 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003352 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3353
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003354 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003355 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3356
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003357- legacy image format:
3358 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3359 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3360
3361 Default:
3362 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3363
3364 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3365 disable the legacy image format
3366
3367 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3368 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3369
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003370- FIT image support:
3371 CONFIG_FIT
3372 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3373
3374 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3375 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3376 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3377 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3378 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3379 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3380
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003381 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3382 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303383 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3384 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3385 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3386 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003387
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003388 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3389 signature check the legacy image format is default
3390 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3391 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3392
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003393 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3394 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3395 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3396 with this option.
3397
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003398- Standalone program support:
3399 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3400
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003401 This option defines a board specific value for the
3402 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3403 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003404 settings.
3405
3406- Frame Buffer Address:
3407 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3408
3409 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003410 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3411 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3412 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3413 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3414 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3415 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3416 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003417
3418 Please see board_init_f function.
3419
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003420- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3421 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3422 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3423 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3424
3425 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3426 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3427
3428- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3429 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3430
3431 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3432 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3433
3434 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3435
3436 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3437 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3438
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003439- UBI support
3440 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3441
3442 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3443 with the UBI flash translation layer
3444
3445 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3446
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003447 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3448
3449 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3450 warnings and errors enabled.
3451
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003452
3453 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3454 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3455 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3456 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3457 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3458 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3459
3460 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3461 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3462 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3463 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3464 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3465
3466 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003467
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003468 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3469 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3470 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3471 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3472 flash), this value is ignored.
3473
3474 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3475 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3476 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3477 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3478 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3479 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3480
3481 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3482 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3483 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3484 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3485 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3486 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3487 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3488 partition.
3489
3490 default: 20
3491
3492 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3493 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3494 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3495 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3496 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3497 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3498 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3499 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3500 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3501 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3502 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3503 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3504
3505 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3506 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3507 without a fastmap.
3508 default: 0
3509
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003510- UBIFS support
3511 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3512
3513 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3514 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3515
3516 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3517
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003518 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3519
3520 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3521 warnings and errors enabled.
3522
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003523- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003524 CONFIG_SPL
3525 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003526
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003527 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3528 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3529
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003530 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3531 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3532 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3533 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003534 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003535 must not be both defined at the same time.
3536
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003537 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003538 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3539 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3540 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3541 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003542
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003543 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3544 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003545
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003546 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3547 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3548 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3549
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003550 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3551 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3552
3553 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003554 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3555 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3556 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003557 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003558 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003559
3560 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3561 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3562
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003563 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3564 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3565 loaded does not have a signature.
3566 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3567 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3568 will be caught.
3569 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3570 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3571 and thus should be skipped silently.
3572
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003573 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3574 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3575 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3576 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3577
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003578 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3579 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3580
3581 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3582 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003583
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003584 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3585 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3586 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3587 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3588
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003589 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3590 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3591 See also: doc/README.falcon
3592
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003593 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3594 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3595 about the running system.
3596
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003597 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3598 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3599
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003600 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3601 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003602
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003603 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3604 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003605
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003606 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3607 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003608
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003609 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3610 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003611
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003612 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3613 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003614
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003615 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3616 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003617 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003618 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3619
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003620 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3621 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3622 used in raw mode
3623
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003624 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3625 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3626 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3627
3628 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3629 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3630 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3631 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3632 (for falcon mode)
3633
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003634 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3635 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3636 used in fs mode
3637
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003638 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3639 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3640
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003641 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3642 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003643
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003644 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3645 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3646
3647 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003648 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003649 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003650
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003651 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003652 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003653 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003654
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003655 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3656 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3657 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3658 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3659 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3660
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303661 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3662 Avoid SPL relocation
3663
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003664 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3665 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3666 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3667
3668 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3669 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3670
3671 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3672 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3673
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003674 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003675 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3676 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003677
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003678 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3679 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3680 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3681
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003682 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3683 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3684 if you need to save space.
3685
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003686 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3687 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003688 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003689
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003690 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3691 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3692 SPL binary.
3693
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003694 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3695 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3699 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003700 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003701
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303702 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3703 Add support NAND boot
3704
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003705 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003706 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3707
3708 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3709 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3710
3711 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3712 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003713
3714 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003715 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003716
3717 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3718 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003719 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003720
3721 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3722 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3723 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3724
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003725 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3726 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003727
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003728 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3729 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003730
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003731 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3732 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003733
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003734 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3735 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3736
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003737 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3738 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003739
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003740 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3741 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3742
3743 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3744 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3745 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3746 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3747
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003748 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003749 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3750 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3751 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3752 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3753 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003754
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003755 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3756 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3757 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3758 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3759
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003760 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3761 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3762 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3763 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3764 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3765
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003766- TPL framework
3767 CONFIG_TPL
3768 Enable building of TPL globally.
3769
3770 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3771 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3772 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003773 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3774 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3775 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003776
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777Modem Support:
3778--------------
3779
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003780[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003782- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3784
3785- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3786 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3787
3788- Modem debug support:
3789 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3790
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003791 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3792 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003794- Interrupt support (PPC):
3795
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003796 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3797 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003798 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003799 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003800 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003801 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003802 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003803 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3804 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3805 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807- General:
3808
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003809 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3810 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3811 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003812 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003813 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3814 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3815 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003817 If there are no modem init strings in the
3818 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3819 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003820 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
3822 See also: doc/README.Modem
3823
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003824Board initialization settings:
3825------------------------------
3826
3827During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3828to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3829before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3830following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3831architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3832typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3833
3834- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3835- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3836- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3837- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839Configuration Settings:
3840-----------------------
3841
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003842- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3843 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003845- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3847
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003848- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3849 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003851- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852 prompt for user input.
3853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003854- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3862 booted
3863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003868 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003871 If the board specific function
3872 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3873 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003876- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003877 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003879- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3884 simple memory test.
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003887 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003889- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003890 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3891 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003893- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3894 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003895 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003896 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003897 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3898 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3899 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003900 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003901 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003902 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003903
3904 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3905 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3906 be touched.
3907
3908 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3909 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3910 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3911 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3912 problems.
3913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3922 Cogent motherboard)
3923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3929 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003930 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003934 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3935 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3936 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3937 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003939- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3941
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003942- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3943 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3944 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3945 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3946 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3947 space.
3948
3949 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3950 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3951 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003952 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003953 U-Boot relocates itself.
3954
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003955 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003956 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3957
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003958- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3959 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3960 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3961 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3962
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003963- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3964 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3965 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3966 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3967 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3968 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3969 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3970 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3971 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3972 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3973 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3974 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3975 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3976 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3977 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3978 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3979
3980 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003983 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3984 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003985 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003986 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003988- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3990 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003991 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3992 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003993 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003994 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003995 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003996 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3997 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3998 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004000- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4001 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4002 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4003 is enabled.
4004
4005- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4006 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4007 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4008
4009- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4010 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4011 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004013- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014 Max number of Flash memory banks
4015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004016- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4018
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004019- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004022- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004025- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004026 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004028- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004029 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004031- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004032 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4033 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004035- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
4037 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4038 without this option such a download has to be
4039 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4040 copy from RAM to flash.
4041
4042 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4043 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004044 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4045 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004048- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004049 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004050 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004052- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004053 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4054 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004056- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4057 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4058 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4059 to the MTD layer.
4060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004062 Use buffered writes to flash.
4063
4064- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4065 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4066 write commands.
4067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004068- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004069 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4070 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4071 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4072 optionally available.
4073
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004074- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4075 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4076 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4077 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4078
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004079- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4080 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4081 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4082 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4083 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4084 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4085 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4086 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004088- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004089 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4090 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004091 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4092 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004093 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004094 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4095
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004096- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4097
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004098 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4099 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4100 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4101 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4102 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004103
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004104- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4105- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004106 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004107 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4108 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4109 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4110
4111 The format of the list is:
4112 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004113 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4114 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004115 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4116 list = entry[,list]
4117
4118 The type attributes are:
4119 s - String (default)
4120 d - Decimal
4121 x - Hexadecimal
4122 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4123 i - IP address
4124 m - MAC address
4125
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004126 The access attributes are:
4127 a - Any (default)
4128 r - Read-only
4129 o - Write-once
4130 c - Change-default
4131
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004132 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4133 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004134 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004135
4136 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4137 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4138 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4139 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4140 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4141 ".flags" variable.
4142
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004143 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4144 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4145 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4146
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004147- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4148 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4149 access flags.
4150
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004151- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4152 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4153 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4154 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4155 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4156 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004157 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4158 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4159 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004160
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004161- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4162 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4163 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004164 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004165
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004166- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4167 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4168 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4169 building U-Boot to enable this.
4170
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4172of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4173following configurations:
4174
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004175- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4176
4177 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4178 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004180- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
4182 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4183
4184 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4185 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4186 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4187 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4188 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4189 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4190 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4191 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4192 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4193 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4194 between U-Boot and the environment.
4195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004196 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
4198 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4199 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4200 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4201 for this sector is given here.
4202
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004203 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004205 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
4207 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4208 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004209 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004211 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
4213 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4214
4215
4216 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4217 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4218 the environment.
4219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004220 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004222 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004223 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4225 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4226
4227 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4228 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4229 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4230 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4231 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4232 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4233 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4234 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4235 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004237 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4238 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004240 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004241 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004242 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004243 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
4245BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4246source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4247accordingly!
4248
4249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004250- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
4252 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4253 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4254 environment.
4255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004256 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4257 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004259 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4261 can just be read and written to, without any special
4262 provision.
4263
4264BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004265in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004266console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267U-Boot will hang.
4268
4269Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4270environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4271keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4272to save the current settings.
4273
4274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004275- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
4277 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4278 device and a driver for it.
4279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004280 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4281 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
4283 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4284 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004286 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4288 The default address is zero.
4289
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004290 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4291 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004293 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4295 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4296 would require six bits.
4297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004298 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004300 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4304 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004307 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4308 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4309 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4310 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4311 byte chips.
4312
4313 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4314 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4315 in the chip address.
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004317 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4319
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004320 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4321 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4322 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4323
4324 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4325 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4326 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4327 EEPROM. For example:
4328
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004329 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004330
4331 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4332 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004334- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004335
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004336 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004337 want to use for the environment.
4338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004339 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4340 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4341 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004342
4343 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4344 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4345 at the specified address.
4346
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004347- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4348
4349 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4350 want to use for the environment.
4351
4352 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4353 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4354
4355 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4356 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4357 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4358
4359 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4360
4361 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4362
4363 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4364
4365 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4366 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4367 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4368 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4369 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4370
4371 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4372 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4373
4374 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4375
4376 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4377
4378 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4379
4380 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4381
4382 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4383
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004384- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4385
4386 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4387 want to use for the local device's environment.
4388
4389 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4390 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4391
4392 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4393 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4394 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004395 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004396
4397BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4398"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004399environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4400but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004401
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004402- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004403
4404 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4405 for the environment.
4406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004407 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4408 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004409
4410 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004411 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4412 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004413
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004414 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004416 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004417 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4418 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004419 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004420 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004421
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004422 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4423
4424 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4425 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4426 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4427 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4428 the range to be avoided.
4429
4430 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4431
4432 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4433 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4434 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4435 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4436 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004437
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004438- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4439
4440 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4441 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4442 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4443
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004444- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4445
4446 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4447 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4448 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4449
4450 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4451
4452 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4453
4454 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4455
4456 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4457 environment in.
4458
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004459 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4460
4461 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4462 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4463 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4464
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004465 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4466 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4467
4468 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4469 when storing the env in UBI.
4470
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004471- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4472 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4473
4474 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4475
4476 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4477
4478 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4479
4480 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4481 be as following:
4482
4483 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4484 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4485 partition table.
4486 - "D:0": device D.
4487 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4488 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4489 table.
4490 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004491 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004492 partition table then means device D.
4493
4494 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4495
4496 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004497 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004498
4499 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004500 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004501
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004502- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4503
4504 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4505 environment.
4506
4507 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4508
4509 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4510
4511 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4512
4513 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4514 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4515 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4516
4517 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4518 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4519
4520 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4521 area within the specified MMC device.
4522
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004523 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4524 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4525 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4526 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4527 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4528 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4529 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4530
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004531 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4532 MMC sector boundary.
4533
4534 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4535
4536 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4537 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4538 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4539 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4540
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004541 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4542 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4543
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004544 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4545 an MMC sector boundary.
4546
4547 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4548
4549 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4550 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4551 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004553- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
4555 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4556 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4557 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4558 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4559 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4560 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4561 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4562
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004563Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004565created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566until then to read environment variables.
4567
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004568The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4569is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4570with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4571necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4572"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4573have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
4575Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4576the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004577use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004579- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004580 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004582 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004583 also needs to be defined.
4584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004585- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004586 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004588- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4589 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4590 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4591 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4592 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4593 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4594
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004595- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4596 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4597 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4598 to do this.
4599
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004600- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4601 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4602 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4603 present.
4604
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004605- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4606 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4607 build system checks that the actual size does not
4608 exceed it.
4609
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004611---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004613- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004616- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004618
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004619 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4620 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4621 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004623- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4624 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4625 PowerPC SOCs.
4626
4627- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4628 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4629 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4630
4631 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4632 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4633
4634- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4635 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4636 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004637 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004638 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4639 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4640 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4641
4642 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4643 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4644
4645- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004646 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4647 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004648 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4649 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4650
4651- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4652 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4653 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4654 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4655
4656- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4657 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4658 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4659
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004660- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004661 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004662
4663 the default drive number (default value 0)
4664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004665 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004666
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004667 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004668 (default value 1)
4669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004670 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004671
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004672 defines the offset of register from address. It
4673 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004674 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004676 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4677 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004678 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004680 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004681 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4682 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004683 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004684 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004685
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004686- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4687 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4688 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4689 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4690 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4691 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004692 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004694- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004695 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004696 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004698- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004700 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4702 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4703 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4704 will become available only after programming the
4705 memory controller and running certain initialization
4706 sequences.
4707
4708 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4709 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4710 - MPC824X: data cache
4711 - PPC4xx: data cache
4712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004713- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
4715 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004716 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4717 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004719 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4721 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4722 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
4724 Note:
4725 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4726 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004727 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4729 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004731- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004733- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004735- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004737- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004739- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004741- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004743- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744 SDRAM timing
4745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004746- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747 periodic timer for refresh
4748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004751- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4752 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4753 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4754 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4756
4757- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004758 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4759 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004762- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4763 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4765 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004767- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4769 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004772 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4773 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004775- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4777 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004779- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4781 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4782 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004784- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004785 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4786 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4787 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4788 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004790- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4791 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4792 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4793 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4794 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4795 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004798 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004799
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004800- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4801 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4802 required.
4803
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004804- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004805 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004806 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4807 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4808 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4809 by coreboot or similar.
4810
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004811- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4812 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4813
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004814- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4815 Chip has SRIO or not
4816
4817- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4818 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4819
4820- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4821 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4822
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004823- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4824 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4825
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004826- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4827 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4828
4829- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4830 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4831
4832- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4833 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4834
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004835- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4836 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4837 a 16 bit bus.
4838 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004839 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004840 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004841 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004842
4843- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4844 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4845 a default value will be used.
4846
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004847- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004848 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4849 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4850
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004851 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4852 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004854- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004855 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4856 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4857 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004858
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004859- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4860 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4861 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4862 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4863 header files or board specific files.
4864
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004865- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4866 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4867
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004868- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4869 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4870
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004871- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4872 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004874- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004875 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4876 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004877
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004878- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4879 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4880
4881- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4882 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004883 to the given FEC; i. e.
4884 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004885 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4886
4887 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4888
4889- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4890 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4891 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4892
4893- CONFIG_RMII
4894 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4895 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4896 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4897
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004898- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4899 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4900 The syntax is:
4901
4902 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4903
4904 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4905 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4906 area should have.
4907
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004908- CONFIG_LOOPW
4909 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004910 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004911
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004912- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4913 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4914 "md/mw" commands.
4915 Examples:
4916
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004917 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004918 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4919
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004920 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004921 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4922
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004923 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004924 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004925
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004926- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004927 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004928 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4929 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4930 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004931
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004932 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4933 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4934 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4935 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004936
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004937- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004938 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4939 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4940 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004941
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004942- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4943 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4944 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4945 It is loaded by the SPL.
4946
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004947- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4948 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4949 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4950 previous 4k of the .text section.
4951
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004952- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4953 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4954 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4955 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4956 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4957 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4958 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4959 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4960
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004961- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4962 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4963 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4964 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4965 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4966
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004967- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4968 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4969 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004970
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004971- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4972 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4973
4974 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004975
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004976- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4977 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4978
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004979- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4980 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4981 driver that uses this:
4982 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4983
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004984Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4985-----------------------------------
4986
4987The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4988loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4989This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4990are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4991within that device.
4992
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004993- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4994 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4995 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4996 is also specified.
4997
4998- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4999 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005000 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5001 is also specified.
5002
5003- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5004 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5005 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5006 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5007 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5008
5009- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5010 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5011 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5012 virtual address in NOR flash.
5013
5014- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5015 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5016 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5017
5018- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5019 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5020 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5021
5022- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5023 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5024 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5025
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005026- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5027 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5028 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005029 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5030 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5031 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005032
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005033Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5034---------------------------------------------------------
5035The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5036"firmware".
5037This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5038are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5039within that device.
5040
5041- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5042 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5043
5044- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5045 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5046 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5047 is also specified.
5048
5049- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5050 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5051 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5052 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5053 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5054
5055- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5056 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5057 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5058 virtual address in NOR flash.
5059
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060Building the Software:
5061======================
5062
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005063Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5064and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5065all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5066(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5067recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5068which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005070If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5071have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5072you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5073Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5074necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005076 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5077 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005079Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5080 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5081 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5082 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5083
5084 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5085
5086 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5087 be executed on computers running Windows.
5088
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005089U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5090sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091is done by typing:
5092
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005093 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005095where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005096rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5099 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5100 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5101 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005102 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005104 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005107 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5114images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5117- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5118- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005120By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5121in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5122this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5123
51241. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5125
5126 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005127 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005128 make O=/tmp/build all
5129
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051302. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005131
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005132 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005133 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005134 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005135 make all
5136
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005137Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005138variable.
5139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5142for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5143native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005144
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5147to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5148steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051501. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005151 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5152 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051532. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5154 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5155 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51563. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5157 your board
51583. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5159 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051604. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051615. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5162 to be installed on your target system.
51636. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5164 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5168==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005170If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5171or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5173the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005174official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005176But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5177cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5179just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005180for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5181select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5182environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5183you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005191When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5192U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5193setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5194built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5195<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5196location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5197variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005198
5199 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5200 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5201 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5202
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005203With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5204log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5205during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005206
5207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211Monitor Commands - Overview:
5212============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214go - start application at address 'addr'
5215run - run commands in an environment variable
5216bootm - boot application image from memory
5217bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005218bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5220 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5221 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005222tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5224diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5225loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5226loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5227md - memory display
5228mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5229nm - memory modify (constant address)
5230mw - memory write (fill)
5231cp - memory copy
5232cmp - memory compare
5233crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005234i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235sspi - SPI utility commands
5236base - print or set address offset
5237printenv- print environment variables
5238setenv - set environment variables
5239saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5240protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5241erase - erase FLASH memory
5242flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005243nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005244bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5245iminfo - print header information for application image
5246coninfo - print console devices and informations
5247ide - IDE sub-system
5248loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005249loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250mtest - simple RAM test
5251icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5252dcache - enable or disable data cache
5253reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5254echo - echo args to console
5255version - print monitor version
5256help - print online help
5257? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5261========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
5267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268Environment Variables:
5269======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5272can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5275"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5276without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5277environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5278working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5279environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005281Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5282
5283List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005295 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5296 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5297 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5298 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5299 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5300 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005301 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5302 bootm_mapsize.
5303
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005304 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005305 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5306 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5307 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5308 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5309 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5310 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005311
5312 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5313 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5314 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5315 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5316 environment variable.
5317
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005318 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5319 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5320 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5323 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5324 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5325 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5328 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5329 be automatically started (by internally calling
5330 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5333 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5334 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5335 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5336 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005338 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5339 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005340 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5341 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5342 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5343 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5344 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5345 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5346 access it during the boot procedure.
5347
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005348 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5349 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5350 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5351 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5352 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5353 must be accessible by the kernel.
5354
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005355 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5356 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5357 defined.
5358
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005359 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5360 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5361 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5362 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5363 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005365 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5366 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5367 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5368 is usually what you want since it allows for
5369 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5370 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005371 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5373 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5374 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5375 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5378 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5379 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5380 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5381 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5382 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5387 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5388 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5389 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5390 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5391 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5392 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5397 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005409 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005411 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5412 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005414 => setenv ethact FEC
5415 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5416 => setenv ethact SCC
5417 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005419 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5420 available network interfaces.
5421 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5422
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005423 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5425 When set to "once" the network operation will
5426 fail when all the available network interfaces
5427 are tried once without success.
5428 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5429 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005431 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005432
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005433 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005434 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5435 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5436 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5437 is silent.
5438
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005439 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005440 UDP source port.
5441
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005442 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5443 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5444
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005445 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5446 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5447
5448 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5449 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5450 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5451 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5452 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5453 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5454 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5455
5456 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005457 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005459
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005460The following image location variables contain the location of images
5461used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5462not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5463variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5464server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5465loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5466flash or offset in NAND flash.
5467
5468*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005469boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005470boards use these variables for other purposes.
5471
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005472Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5473----- --------- ----------- --------------
5474u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5475Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5476device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5477ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005479The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5480updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5481depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483 bootfile - see above
5484 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5485 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5486 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5487 hostname - Target hostname
5488 ipaddr - see above
5489 netmask - Subnet Mask
5490 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5491 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005492
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005494There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5497 as type string and/or serial number
5498 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5501the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5502once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005503
5504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5508 with the "version" command. This variable is
5509 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5513only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005515
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005516Callback functions for environment variables:
5517---------------------------------------------
5518
5519For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005520when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005521be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5522deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5523effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5524
5525The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5526U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5527
5528These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5529static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5530in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5531associations. The list must be in the following format:
5532
5533 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5534 list = entry[,list]
5535
5536If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5537Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5538
5539Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5540with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5541override any association in the static list. You can define
5542CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005543".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005544
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005545If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5546regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5547the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5548
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Command Line Parsing:
5551=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5554the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556Old, simple command line parser:
5557--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5560- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005561- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5563 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005564 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5566 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568Hush shell:
5569-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5572 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5573 until...do...done, ...
5574- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5575 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5576 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5577 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579General rules:
5580--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5583 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5584 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5585 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005588 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5590 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5593=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005594
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005595Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5597"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5600MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5601"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5604in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5605ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5606variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5609 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5612 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5613 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5616 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5619 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5620 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005623 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5624 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005626If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005627will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005628may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5629The naming convention is as follows:
5630"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632Image Formats:
5633==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005634
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005635U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5636images in two formats:
5637
5638New uImage format (FIT)
5639-----------------------
5640
5641Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5642to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5643components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5644SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5645
5646
5647Old uImage format
5648-----------------
5649
5650Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5651preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5652details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5655 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005656 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5657 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5658 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005659* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005660 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5661 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5663* Load Address
5664* Entry Point
5665* Image Name
5666* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5669and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5670CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673Linux Support:
5674==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5677easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5678U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5681special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5682"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5683instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5684serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5687 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5688 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5691 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5694 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5695 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5696 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5697 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5698 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Linux HOWTO:
5702============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5705---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5708configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5709(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5710Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005712But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5715include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005716Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5717and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005718as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005720Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5721If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5722is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5723doc/driver-model.
5724
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726Configuring the Linux kernel:
5727-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5730device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733Building a Linux Image:
5734-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005736With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5737not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5738"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5739U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5740which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5741100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005743Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005745 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 make oldconfig
5747 make dep
5748 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5751encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5752CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5759 -R .note -R .comment \
5760 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5769 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5770 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005771
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5774with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5775combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5776byte header containing information about target architecture,
5777operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5778stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5781print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5784contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5785checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787 tools/mkimage -l image
5788 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5791from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5794 -n name -d data_file image
5795 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5796 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5797 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5798 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5799 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5800 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5801 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5802 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005803
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005804Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5805address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5806kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5809- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5814 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005815 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5817 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5818 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5819 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5820 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5821 Load Address: 0x00000000
5822 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5827 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5828 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5829 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5830 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5831 Load Address: 0x00000000
5832 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5835speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5836needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5837need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005839 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5841 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005842 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005843 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5844 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5845 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5846 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5847 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5848 Load Address: 0x00000000
5849 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005850
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5853when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5856 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5857 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5858 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5859 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5860 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5861 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5862 Load Address: 0x00000000
5863 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005864
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005865The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5866option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5867option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5868from the image:
5869
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005870 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5871 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5872 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5873 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005874
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876Installing a Linux Image:
5877-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005879To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5880you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005882 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5885image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5886address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5887specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5888command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5891TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005893 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 .......... done
5896 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898 => loads 40100000
5899 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5900 ~>examples/image.srec
5901 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5902 ...
5903 15989 15990 15991 15992
5904 [file transfer complete]
5905 [connected]
5906 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005907
5908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005910this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5916 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5917 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5918 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5919 Load Address: 00000000
5920 Entry Point: 0000000c
5921 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
5923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924Boot Linux:
5925-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5928memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5929of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5930parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5931"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
5933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934 => printenv bootargs
5935 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 => printenv bootargs
5940 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942 => bootm 40020000
5943 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5944 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5945 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5946 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5947 Load Address: 00000000
5948 Entry Point: 0000000c
5949 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5950 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5951 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5952 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5953 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5954 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5955 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5956 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005957
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005958If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005959the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5960format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5965 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5966 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5967 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5968 Load Address: 00000000
5969 Entry Point: 0000000c
5970 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5973 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5974 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5975 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5976 Load Address: 00000000
5977 Entry Point: 00000000
5978 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5981 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5982 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5983 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5984 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5985 Load Address: 00000000
5986 Entry Point: 0000000c
5987 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5988 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5989 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5990 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5991 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5992 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5993 Load Address: 00000000
5994 Entry Point: 00000000
5995 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5996 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5997 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5998 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5999 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6000 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6001 ...
6002 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6003 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006005 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006006
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006007Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6008-----------
6009
6010First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6011titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6012following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6013flat device tree:
6014
6015=> print oftaddr
6016oftaddr=0x300000
6017=> print oft
6018oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6019=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6020Speed: 1000, full duplex
6021Using TSEC0 device
6022TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6023Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6024Load address: 0x300000
6025Loading: #
6026done
6027Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6028=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6029Speed: 1000, full duplex
6030Using TSEC0 device
6031TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6032Filename 'uImage'.
6033Load address: 0x200000
6034Loading:############
6035done
6036Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6037=> print loadaddr
6038loadaddr=200000
6039=> print oftaddr
6040oftaddr=0x300000
6041=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6042## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006043 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6044 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6045 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006046 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006047 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006048 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6049 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6050Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6051Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6052Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6053[snip]
6054
6055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056More About U-Boot Image Types:
6057------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6062 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6063 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6064 the Standalone Program.
6065 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6066 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6067 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6068 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6069 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6070 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6071 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6072 being started.
6073 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6074 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6075 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6076 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6077 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6078 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006080 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6081 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6082 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6083 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6084 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6085 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6088 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6089 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6092 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6093 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6094 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006095
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006096Booting the Linux zImage:
6097-------------------------
6098
6099On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6100using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6101as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6102
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006103Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006104kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6105address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6106format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6107
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006109Standalone HOWTO:
6110=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6113run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6114U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006116Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006118"Hello World" Demo:
6119-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006121'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6122application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6123It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6124like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006126 => loads
6127 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6128 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6129 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6130 [file transfer complete]
6131 [connected]
6132 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6135 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6136 Hello World
6137 argc = 7
6138 argv[0] = "40004"
6139 argv[1] = "Hello"
6140 argv[2] = "World!"
6141 argv[3] = "This"
6142 argv[4] = "is"
6143 argv[5] = "a"
6144 argv[6] = "test."
6145 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6146 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6151handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6152Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6153The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6154character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6155controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006157 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6158 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6159 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6160 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162 => loads
6163 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6164 ~>examples/timer.srec
6165 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6166 [file transfer complete]
6167 [connected]
6168 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006170 => go 40004
6171 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6172 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6173 Using timer 1
6174 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176Hit 'b':
6177 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6178 Enabling timer
6179Hit '?':
6180 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6181 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6182Hit '?':
6183 [q, b, e, ?] .
6184 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6185Hit '?':
6186 [q, b, e, ?] .
6187 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6188Hit '?':
6189 [q, b, e, ?] .
6190 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6191Hit 'e':
6192 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6193Hit 'q':
6194 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006195
6196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006197Minicom warning:
6198================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006200Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6201"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6202consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6203Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6204especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006205use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6206http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6207for help with kermit.
6208
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006210Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6211configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006213 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6214 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6215 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006216
6217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006218NetBSD Notes:
6219=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006221Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6222(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006224Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6225NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6226need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6227Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6228attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6229missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006231 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6232 # mkdir powerpc
6233 # ln -s powerpc machine
6234 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6235 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6238and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6241stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6242proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6243tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006244meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006245
6246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247Implementation Internals:
6248=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006250The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6251implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6252inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6253hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006254
6255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256Initial Stack, Global Data:
6257---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006259The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6260starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6261system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6262This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6263is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6264at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6265options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6266models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6267MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6268locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006269
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006270 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006271 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006273 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6274 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6275 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6276 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006278 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6279 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6280 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6281 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6282 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006283 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006284 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6285 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6288 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006289 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006290 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6291 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6292 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6293 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006295 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006296 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6297 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006298 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006299 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6300 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6301 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6302 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6303 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006305 -Chris Hallinan
6306 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006308It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6309code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006311* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6312 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006313
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006314* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006315 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6316 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006318* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6319 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006321Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006322normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006323turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6324simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6325functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6326functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6327the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6328place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6329reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6332relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6333GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006335For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6336 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006337 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006338 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6339 R5-R10: parameter passing
6340 R13: small data area pointer
6341 R30: GOT pointer
6342 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006343
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006344 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6345 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6346 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006347
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006348 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006350 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6351 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6352 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6353 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6354 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6355 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006356
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006357On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006358 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6359
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006360 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006362On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006364 R0: function argument word/integer result
6365 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006366 R9: platform specific
6367 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006368 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6369 R12: temporary workspace
6370 R13: stack pointer
6371 R14: link register
6372 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006373
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006374 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6375
6376 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006377
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006378On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6379 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6380
6381 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6382
6383 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6384 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6385
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006386On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6387
6388 R0-R1: argument/return
6389 R2-R5: argument
6390 R15: temporary register for assembler
6391 R16: trampoline register
6392 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6393 R29: global pointer (GP)
6394 R30: link register (LP)
6395 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6396 PC: program counter (PC)
6397
6398 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6399
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006400NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6401or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006403Memory Management:
6404------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006406U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6407MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006409The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6410controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6411memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6412physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006414U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6415TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6416booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6417to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006418memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006419configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6420Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006422Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6423of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006425So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6426this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006428 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6429 :
6430 0x0000 1FFF
6431 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6432 :
6433 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435 :
6436 :
6437 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6438 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6439 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6440 :
6441 0x00FD FFFF
6442 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6443 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6444 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6445 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006446
6447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006448System Initialization:
6449----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006452(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006453configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6455To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6456initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6457which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6458part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6459the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006461Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6462preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6463(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6464on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6465programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6466simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6467banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006469When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6470different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6471bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64720x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6473contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006475Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6476and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6477Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6478pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006480Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6481until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6482running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6483new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006484
6485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006486U-Boot Porting Guide:
6487----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006489[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6490list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006491
6492
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006493int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006494{
6495 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006496
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006497 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6498 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006500 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006501 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006502 return 0;
6503 }
6504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006505 Download latest U-Boot source;
6506
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006507 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006508
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006509 if (clueless)
6510 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006512 while (learning) {
6513 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006514 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6515 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006516 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006517 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006518 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006519
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006520 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6521 Buy a BDI3000;
6522 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006523 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006524
6525 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6526 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6527 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6528 } else {
6529 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6530 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006531 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006532 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6533 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006534
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006535 while (!accepted) {
6536 while (!running) {
6537 do {
6538 Add / modify source code;
6539 } until (compiles);
6540 Debug;
6541 if (clueless)
6542 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6543 }
6544 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6545 if (reasonable critiques)
6546 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6547 else
6548 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006549 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006551 return 0;
6552}
6553
6554void no_more_time (int sig)
6555{
6556 hire_a_guru();
6557}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006558
6559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006560Coding Standards:
6561-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006563All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006564coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006565"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006566
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006567Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6568MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006569reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006570sources.
6571
6572Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6573Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6574in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006575
6576Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6577- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006578- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006579- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006580- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006581- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6582
6583Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6584with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006585
6586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006587Submitting Patches:
6588-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006590Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6591establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6592may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006593
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006594Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006595
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006596Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6597see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006599When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6600it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006602* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6603 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6604 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006606* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6607 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006609* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6610
6611* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6612
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006613* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6614 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006615
6616* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6617 document these in the README file.
6618
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006619* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6620 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006621 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006622 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6623 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006624
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006625 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6626 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6627 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006628
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006629 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6630 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6631 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6632 affected files).
6633
6634 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6635 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006636
6637* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6638 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6639
6640* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6641 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6642
6643
6644Notes:
6645
6646* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6647 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6648 for any of the boards.
6649
6650* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6651 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6652 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6653
6654* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6655 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6656 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6657 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6658 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6659 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006660
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006661* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6662 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6663 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6664 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.